Hot-rolled

High-strength steel

Tata Steel’s hot-rolled high-strength, low-alloy (HSLA) grades offer formability and strength for demanding applications.

The range includes Ympress® with grades that exceed the Euronorm, resulting in stronger and lighter products with increased yield and simplified processing. Our Ympress Laser range was developed specifically for fast and efficient laser-cutting. The resulting clean-cut edges mean end products require less finishing.

Abrasion resistant wear steel
Product specification
High-strength steel is currently available in the following grades

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S315MC TSN

Ympress S315MC
Specification details for Ympress S315MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S315MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S315MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   315
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   400 - 500
Elongation (%) t < 3 24
3 ≤ t < 5 33
t ≥ 5 26
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t

1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
t – material thickness in mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S315MC
C Max. 0.10
Mn Max. 0.60
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.0082
Si Max. 0.030
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.04
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.05
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -

1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
2. Available with a maximum sulphur content of 0.005%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S315MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress S315MC
1.49 - 1.50 1170
1.50 - 1.53 1180
1.53 - 1.57 1210
1.57 - 1.60 1250
1.60 - 1.70 1280
1.70 - 1.80 1370
1.80 - 1.90 1440
1.90 - 2.00 1520
2.00 - 2.20 1590
2.20 - 2.40 1730
2.40 - 2.60 1810
2.60 - 2.80 1880
2.80 - 3.00 1960
3.00 - 3.20 2030
3.20 - 10.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width 
From - up to Ympress S315MC
1.50 - 1.53 1180
1.53 - 1.57 1210
1.57 - 1.60 1250
1.60 - 1.70 1280
1.70 - 1.80 1370
1.80 - 1.90 1440
1.90 - 2.00 1520
2.00 - 2.20 1590
2.20 - 2.40 1730
2.40 - 2.60 1810
2.60 - 2.80 1880
2.80 - 3.00 1960
3.00 - 3.20 2030
3.20 - 10.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S355MC TSN

Ympress S355MC
Specification details for Ympress S355MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S355MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S355MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   355
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   450 - 550
Elongation (%) t < 3 22
3 ≤ t < 5 27
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t

1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

For Ympress S355MC, a guaranteed Charpy impact strength of 40J at -20°C in longitudinal direction is available.
Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S355MC
C Max. 0.10
Mn Max. 1.40
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.008 2
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.05
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 -
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
2. Available with a maximum sulphur content of 0.005%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S355MC-DimensionsTSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress S355MC
1.50 - 1.53 1060
1.53 - 1.57 1100
1.57 - 1.60 1150
1.60 - 1.70 1160
1.70 - 1.80 1250
1.80 - 1.90 1330
1.90 - 2.00 1400
2.00 - 2.20 1480
2.20 - 2.40 1600
2.40 - 2.60 1730
2.60 - 2.70 1760
2.70 - 2.80 1790
2.80 - 3.00 1840
3.00 - 3.20 1900
3.20 - 3.50 1960
3.50 - 3.65 2030
3.65 - 25.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Thicknesses > 21 mm and ≤ 25 mm are available as cut-to-length. Please contact us.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width 
From - up to Ympress S355MC
1.50 - 1.53 1060
1.53 - 1.57 1100
1.57 - 1.60 1150
1.60 - 1.70 1160
1.70 - 1.80 1250
1.80 - 1.90 1330
1.90 - 2.00 1400
2.00 - 2.20 1480
2.20 - 2.40 1600
2.40 - 2.60 1730
2.60 - 2.80 1790
2.80 - 3.00 1840
3.00 - 3.20 1900
3.20 - 3.50 1960
3.50 - 3.65 2030
3.65 - 10.10 2070
10.10 - 15.25 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Thicknesses up to 25 mm are available as plate pickled - please contact us.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S420MC TSN

Ympress S420MC
Specification details for Ympress S420MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S420MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Ympress S420MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 420
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 500 - 600
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 18
3 ≤ t < 5 22
t ≥ 5 21
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Grade   Ympress S420MC
C Max. 0.10
Mn Max. 1.50
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.008 2
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.08
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.05
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
2. Available with a maximum sulphur content of 0.005%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S420MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress S420MC
1.57 - 1.60 1000
1.60 - 1.70 1040
1.70 - 1.80 1150
1.80 - 1.90 1230
1.90 - 2.00 1300
2.00 - 2.20 1380
2.20 - 2.40 1500
2.40 - 2.60 1630
2.60 - 2.70 1680
2.70 - 2.80 1710
2.80 - 3.00 1750
3.00 - 3.20 1790
3.20 - 3.50 1840
3.50 - 3.65 1880
3.65 - 4.00 1920
4.00 - 4.40 1990
4.40 - 15.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S420MC
1.53 - 1.57 950
1.57 - 1.60 1000
1.60 - 1.70 1040
1.70 - 1.80 1150
1.80 - 1.90 1230
1.90 - 2.00 1300
2.00 - 2.20 1380
2.20 - 2.40 1500
2.40 - 2.60 1630
2.60 - 2.80 1710
2.80 - 3.00 1750
3.00 - 3.20 1790
3.20 - 3.47 1840
3.47 - 3.65 1880
3.65 - 4.00 1920
4.00 - 4.40 2000
4.40 - 8.10 2070
8.10 - 12.10 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S460MC TSN

Ympress S460MC
Specification details for Ympress S460MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S460MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Ympress S460MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 460
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 550 - 660
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 17
3 ≤ t < 5 21
t ≥ 5 19
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

 
Grade   Ympress S460MC
C Max. 0.10
Mn Max. 1.50
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.008 2
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.08
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.05
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
2. Available with a maximum sulphur content of 0.005%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S460MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress S460MC
1.70 - 1.80 1030
1.80 - 1.90 1130
1.90 - 2.00 1200
2.00 - 2.20 1280
2.20 - 2.40 1400
2.40 - 2.60 1510
2.60 - 2.80 1640
2.80 - 3.00 1720
3.00 - 3.20 1750
3.20 - 3.50 1780
3.50 - 3.65 1810
3.65 - 4.00 1860
4.00 - 4.40 1910
4.40 - 5.00 1970
5.00 - 20.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S460MC
1.57 - 1.60 900
1.60 - 1.70 940
1.70 - 1.80 1030
1.80 - 1.90 1130
1.90 - 2.00 1200
2.00 - 2.20 1280
2.20 - 2.40 1400
2.40 - 2.60 1510
2.60 - 2.80 1640
2.80 - 3.00 1720
3.00 - 3.20 1750
3.20 - 3.47 1780
3.47 - 3.65 1810
3.65 - 4.00 1860
4.00 - 4.40 1910
4.40 - 5.00 1970
5.00 - 8.10 2070
8.10 - 12.10 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S500MC TSN

Ympress S500MC
Specification details for Ympress S500MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S500MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S500MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   500
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   580 - 700
Elongation (%) t < 3 13
3 ≤ t < 5 18
t ≥ 5 17
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S500MC
C Max. 0.10
Mn Max. 1.65
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.08
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.06
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S500MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress S500MC
1.80 - 1.90 1030
1.90 - 2.00 1100
2.00 - 2.20 1180
2.20 - 2.40 1300
2.40 - 2.60 1420
2.60 - 2.80 1540
2.80 - 3.00 1650
3.00 - 3.20 1710
3.20 - 3.50 1740
3.50 - 3.65 1780
3.65 - 4.00 1800
4.00 - 4.40 1850
4.40 - 5.00 1900
5.00 - 5.60 2000
5.60 - 15.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S500MC
1.70 - 1.80 920
1.80 - 1.90 1030
1.90 - 2.00 1100
2.00 - 2.20 1180
2.20 - 2.40 1300
2.40 - 2.60 1420
2.60 - 2.80 1540
2.80 - 3.00 1650
3.00 - 3.20 1710
3.20 - 3.47 1740
3.47 - 3.65 1780
3.65 - 4.00 1800
4.00 - 4.40 1850
4.40 - 5.00 1900
5.00 - 5.60 2000
5.60 - 8.10 2070
8.10 - 12.10 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S550MC TSN

Ympress S550MC
Specification details for Ympress S550MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S550MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S550MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   550
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   610 - 750
Elongation (%) t < 3 13
3 ≤ t < 5 17
t ≥ 5 17
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S550MC
C Max. 0.10
Mn Max. 1.65
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.06
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S550MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress S550MC
1.80 - 1.90 1030
1.90 - 2.00 1100
2.00 - 2.20 1180
2.20 - 2.40 1300
2.40 - 2.60 1420
2.60 - 2.70 1540
2.70 - 2.80 1540
2.80 - 3.00 1650
3.00 - 3.20 1710
3.20 - 3.50 1740
3.50 - 3.65 1780
3.65 - 4.00 1800
4.00 - 4.40 1850
4.40 - 5.00 1900
5.00 - 5.60 2000
5.60 - 8.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S550MC
1.80 - 1.90 1030
1.90 - 2.00 1100
2.00 - 2.20 1180
2.20 - 2.40 1300
2.40 - 2.60 1420
2.60 - 2.80 1540
2.80 - 3.00 1650
3.00 - 3.20 1710
3.20 - 3.47 1740
3.47 - 3.65 1780
3.65 - 4.00 1800
4.00 - 4.40 1850
4.40 - 5.00 1900
5.00 - 5.60 2000
5.60 - 8.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S650MC TSN

Ympress S650MC
Specification details for Ympress S650MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S650MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S650MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   650
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   700 - 880
Elongation (%) t < 3 10
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1.0 t
t ≥ 5 1.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S650MC
C Max. 0.08
Mn Max. 2.00
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.15
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.01
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. 0.06
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S650MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

ThicknessMax. width
From - up toYmpress S650MC
2.00 - 2.201030
2.20 - 2.401120
2.40 - 2.601210
2.60 - 2.801310
2.80 - 3.001400
3.00 - 3.501490
3.50 - 3.651500
3.65 - 4.001530
4.00 - 4.502030
4.50 - 10.002100
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up toYmpress S650MC
2.00 - 2.201030
2.20 - 2.401120
2.40 - 2.601210
2.60 - 2.801310
2.80 - 3.001400
3.00 - 3.501490
3.50 - 3.651500
3.65 - 4.001530
4.00 - 8.101600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress E690TM TSN

Ympress E690TM
Specification details for Ympress E690TM

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress E690TM-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
All values are measured transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress E690TM
Min. Yield strength  ReH (N/mm²)   690
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   750 - 950
Elongation (%) t < 3 12
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1.0 t
t ≥ 5 1.5 t
Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress E690TM
C Max. 0.08
Mn Max. 2.00
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.15
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.01
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. 0.06
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress E690TM-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensions

 

Dimensional capability - non-pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress E690TM
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1120
2.40 - 2.60 1210
2.60 - 2.80 1310
2.80 - 3.00 1400
3.00 - 3.50 1490
3.50 - 3.65 1500
3.65 - 4.00 1530
4.00 - 4.50 2030
4.50 - 10.00 2100
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress E690TM
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1120
2.40 - 2.60 1210
2.60 - 2.80 1310
2.80 - 3.00 1400
3.00 - 3.50 1490
3.50 - 3.65 1500
3.65 - 4.00 1530
4.00 - 8.10 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S700MC TSN

Ympress S700MC
Specification details for Ympress S700MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S700MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S700MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   700
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   750 - 900
Elongation (%) t < 3 10
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1.5 t
t ≥ 5 1.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
t – material thickness in mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S700MC
C Max. 0.10
Mn Max. 2.10
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.15
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.01
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. 0.06
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S700MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress S700MC
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1070
2.40 - 2.60 1130
2.60 - 2.80 1180
2.80 - 3.00 1230
3.00 - 3.20 1280
3.20 - 3.50 1330
3.50 - 3.65 1400
3.65 - 4.00 1440
4.00 - 4.40 1530
4.40 - 7.50 1630
7.50 - 8.00 1750
The minimum width is 1030 mm.
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
Please contact us regarding the availability of Ympress S700MC with thickness less than 3.0 mm.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S700MC
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1070
2.40 - 2.60 1130
2.60 - 2.80 1180
2.80 - 3.00 1230
3.00 - 3.20 1280
3.20 - 3.50 1330
3.50 - 3.65 1400
3.65 - 4.00 1440
4.00 - 4.40 1530
4.40 - 8.00 1600
The minimum width is 1030 mm.
Widths smaller than 1030 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S960MC TSN

Ympress S960MC
Specification details for Ympress S960MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.
 

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S960MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S960MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   960
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   1010 - 1250
Elongation (%) t < 3 -
3 ≤ t < 5 8
t ≥ 5 8
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 6.0 t
t ≥ 5 6.0 t 2
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
2. For Ympress S960MC minimum bend test diameter is 8.0 t for t > 8 mm
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S960MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.8
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.15
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.05
V Max. 1 0.15
Ti Max. 1 0.05
Mo Max. 0.5
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S960MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress S960MC
4.00 - 4.40 1520
4.40 - 5.00 1550
5.00 - 10.00 1680
The minimum width is 1020 mm. 
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
Please enquire about minimum order quantity for this grade.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser E250C TSN

Ympress Laser E250C
Specification details for Ympress Laser E250C

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The consistent quality of Ympress Laser products ensures fast, reliable automated processing. A well-adhered oxide layer and consistent chemical contents deliver a clean-cut edge – even at high cutting speeds. This allows simple release of cut parts and reduces post-cut work. Suitable also for conventional cutting methods, Ympress Laser comes will all the advantages of the Ympress product family. To protect the integrity of this product, Ympress Laser is available only through a dedicated supply route. A full customers support package is available.


Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Ympress Laser grades comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelThicknessCorresponding designations
Grade (mm) EN 10025-2: 2004EN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2)1.5 - 12.7S235J2C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0)12.7 - 20.0S235J0C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C1.5 - 20.0S235JRC+AR--
Ympress Laser S355MCAll-S355MCQStE380TM
Ympress Laser S420MCAll-S420MCQStE460TM

​​​​

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser E250C(+N)-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
All values are measured transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Ympress Laser E250C(+N)
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 240
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 370 - 490
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 23
3 ≤ t < 5 24
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

For Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2) ≤ 12.7 mm, a Charpy impact strength of 27J at -20°C in longitudinal direction is guaranteed.
For Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0) > 12.7 mm, a Charpy impact strength of 27J at 0°C in longitudinal direction is guaranteed.
Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Grade   Ympress Laser E250C(+N)
C Max. 0.17
Mn Max. 1.100
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.020
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 -
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 -
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. 0.07
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser E250C(+N)-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser 
From - up to E250C(+N)
1.47 - 1.49 1300
1.49 - 1.50 1320
1.50 - 1.53 1330
1.53 - 1.57 1350
1.57 - 1.60 1380
1.60 - 1.70 1410
1.70 - 1.80 1480
1.80 - 2.00 1550
2.00 - 2.20 1700
2.20 - 2.40 1820
2.40 - 2.60 1920
2.60 - 2.70 2030
2.70 - 20.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm. Please consult with us for other dimensions.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser 
From - up to E250C(+N)
1.50 - 1.53 1330
1.53 - 1.57 1350
1.57 - 1.60 1380
1.60 - 1.70 1410
1.70 - 1.80 1480
1.80 - 2.00 1550
2.00 - 2.20 1700
2.20 - 2.40 1820
2.40 - 2.60 1920
2.60 - 2.70 2030
2.70 - 12.25 2070
12.25 - 15.25 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm. 
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0) TSN

Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0)
Specification details for Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0)

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The consistent quality of Ympress Laser products ensures fast, reliable automated processing. A well-adhered oxide layer and consistent chemical contents deliver a clean-cut edge – even at high cutting speeds. This allows simple release of cut parts and reduces post-cut work. Suitable also for conventional cutting methods, Ympress Laser comes will all the advantages of the Ympress product family. To protect the integrity of this product, Ympress Laser is available only through a dedicated supply route. A full customers support package is available.


Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Ympress Laser grades comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelThicknessCorresponding designations
Grade (mm) EN 10025-2: 2004EN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2)1.5 - 12.7S235J2C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0)12.7 - 20.0S235J0C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C1.5 - 20.0S235JRC+AR--
Ympress Laser S355MCAll-S355MCQStE380TM
Ympress Laser S420MCAll-S420MCQStE460TM

​​​​

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser E250C(+N)-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
All values are measured transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Ympress Laser E250C(+N)
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 240
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 370 - 490
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 23
3 ≤ t < 5 24
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

For Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2) ≤ 12.7 mm, a Charpy impact strength of 27J at -20°C in longitudinal direction is guaranteed.
For Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0) > 12.7 mm, a Charpy impact strength of 27J at 0°C in longitudinal direction is guaranteed.
Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Grade   Ympress Laser E250C(+N)
C Max. 0.17
Mn Max. 1.100
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.020
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 -
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 -
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. 0.07
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser E250C(+N)-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser 
From - up to E250C(+N)
1.47 - 1.49 1300
1.49 - 1.50 1320
1.50 - 1.53 1330
1.53 - 1.57 1350
1.57 - 1.60 1380
1.60 - 1.70 1410
1.70 - 1.80 1480
1.80 - 2.00 1550
2.00 - 2.20 1700
2.20 - 2.40 1820
2.40 - 2.60 1920
2.60 - 2.70 2030
2.70 - 20.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm. Please consult with us for other dimensions.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser 
From - up to E250C(+N)
1.50 - 1.53 1330
1.53 - 1.57 1350
1.57 - 1.60 1380
1.60 - 1.70 1410
1.70 - 1.80 1480
1.80 - 2.00 1550
2.00 - 2.20 1700
2.20 - 2.40 1820
2.40 - 2.60 1920
2.60 - 2.70 2030
2.70 - 12.25 2070
12.25 - 15.25 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm. 
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2) TSN

Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2)
Specification details for Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2)

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The consistent quality of Ympress Laser products ensures fast, reliable automated processing. A well-adhered oxide layer and consistent chemical contents deliver a clean-cut edge – even at high cutting speeds. This allows simple release of cut parts and reduces post-cut work. Suitable also for conventional cutting methods, Ympress Laser comes will all the advantages of the Ympress product family. To protect the integrity of this product, Ympress Laser is available only through a dedicated supply route. A full customers support package is available.


Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Ympress Laser grades comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelThicknessCorresponding designations
Grade (mm) EN 10025-2: 2004EN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2)1.5 - 12.7S235J2C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0)12.7 - 20.0S235J0C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C1.5 - 20.0S235JRC+AR--
Ympress Laser S355MCAll-S355MCQStE380TM
Ympress Laser S420MCAll-S420MCQStE460TM

​​​​

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser E250C(+N)-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
All values are measured transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Ympress Laser E250C(+N)
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 240
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 370 - 490
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 23
3 ≤ t < 5 24
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

For Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2) ≤ 12.7 mm, a Charpy impact strength of 27J at -20°C in longitudinal direction is guaranteed.
For Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0) > 12.7 mm, a Charpy impact strength of 27J at 0°C in longitudinal direction is guaranteed.
Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Grade   Ympress Laser E250C(+N)
C Max. 0.17
Mn Max. 1.100
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.020
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 -
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 -
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. 0.07
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser E250C(+N)-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser 
From - up to E250C(+N)
1.47 - 1.49 1300
1.49 - 1.50 1320
1.50 - 1.53 1330
1.53 - 1.57 1350
1.57 - 1.60 1380
1.60 - 1.70 1410
1.70 - 1.80 1480
1.80 - 2.00 1550
2.00 - 2.20 1700
2.20 - 2.40 1820
2.40 - 2.60 1920
2.60 - 2.70 2030
2.70 - 20.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm. Please consult with us for other dimensions.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser 
From - up to E250C(+N)
1.50 - 1.53 1330
1.53 - 1.57 1350
1.57 - 1.60 1380
1.60 - 1.70 1410
1.70 - 1.80 1480
1.80 - 2.00 1550
2.00 - 2.20 1700
2.20 - 2.40 1820
2.40 - 2.60 1920
2.60 - 2.70 2030
2.70 - 12.25 2070
12.25 - 15.25 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm. 
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser S355MC TSN

Ympress Laser S355MC
Specification details for Ympress Laser S355MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The consistent quality of Ympress Laser products ensures fast, reliable automated processing. A well-adhered oxide layer and consistent chemical contents deliver a clean-cut edge – even at high cutting speeds. This allows simple release of cut parts and reduces post-cut work. Suitable also for conventional cutting methods, Ympress Laser comes will all the advantages of the Ympress product family. To protect the integrity of this product, Ympress Laser is available only through a dedicated supply route. A full customers support package is available.


Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Ympress Laser grades comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelThicknessCorresponding designations
Grade (mm) EN 10025-2: 2004EN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2)1.5 - 12.7S235J2C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0)12.7 - 20.0S235J0C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C1.5 - 20.0S235JRC+AR--
Ympress Laser S355MCAll-S355MCQStE380TM
Ympress Laser S420MCAll-S420MCQStE460TM

​​​​

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser S355MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Ympress Laser S355MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 355
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 450 - 550
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 22
3 ≤ t < 5 27
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Grade   Ympress Laser S355MC
C Max. 0.10
Mn Max. 1.40
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.005
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.05
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.025
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser S355MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser
From - up to S355MC
1.50 - 1.53 1060
1.53 - 1.57 1100
1.57 - 1.60 1150
1.60 - 1.70 1160
1.70 - 1.80 1250
1.80 - 1.90 1330
1.90 - 2.00 1400
2.00 - 2.20 1480
2.20 - 2.40 1600
2.40 - 2.60 1730
2.60 - 2.70 1760
2.70 - 2.80 1790
2.80 - 3.00 1840
3.00 - 3.20 1900
3.20 - 3.50 1960
3.50 - 3.65 2030
3.65 - 20.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm. Please consult us for other dimensions.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser 
From - up to S355MC
1.50 - 1.53 1060
1.53 - 1.57 1100
1.57 - 1.60 1150
1.60 - 1.70 1160
1.70 - 1.80 1250
1.80 - 1.90 1330
1.90 - 2.00 1400
2.00 - 2.20 1480
2.20 - 2.40 1600
2.40 - 2.60 1730
2.60 - 2.70 1760
2.70 - 2.80 1790
2.80 - 3.00 1840
3.00 - 3.20 1900
3.20 - 3.47 1960
3.47 - 3.65 2030
3.65 - 10.10 2070
10.10 - 15.25 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm. 
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser S420MC TSN

Ympress Laser S420MC
Specification details for Ympress Laser S420MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser grades OverviewTSN

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end products and processes.

The consistent quality of Ympress Laser products ensures fast, reliable automated processing. A well-adhered oxide layer and consistent chemical contents deliver a clean-cut edge – even at high cutting speeds. This allows simple release of cut parts and reduces post-cut work. Suitable also for conventional cutting methods, Ympress Laser comes will all the advantages of the Ympress product family. To protect the integrity of this product, Ympress Laser is available only through a dedicated supply route. A full customers support package is available.


Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Ympress Laser grades comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelThicknessCorresponding designations
Grade (mm) EN 10025-2: 2004EN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J2)1.5 - 12.7S235J2C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C+N (J0)12.7 - 20.0S235J0C+N--
Ympress Laser E250C1.5 - 20.0S235JRC+AR--
Ympress Laser S355MCAll-S355MCQStE380TM
Ympress Laser S420MCAll-S420MCQStE460TM

​​​​

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser S420MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Ympress Laser S420MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 420
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 500 - 600
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 18
3 ≤ t < 5 22
t ≥ 5 21
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Grade   Ympress Laser S420MC
C Max. 0.10
Mn Max. 1.50
P Max. 0.020
S Max. 0.005
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.08
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.05
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress Laser S420MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser 
From - up to S420MC
1.57 - 1.60 1000
1.60 - 1.70 1040
1.70 - 1.80 1150
1.80 - 1.90 1230
1.90 - 2.00 1300
2.00 - 2.20 1380
2.20 - 2.40 1500
2.40 - 2.60 1630
2.60 - 2.70 1680
2.70 - 2.80 1710
2.80 - 3.00 1750
3.00 - 3.20 1790
3.20 - 3.50 1840
3.50 - 3.65 1880
3.65 - 4.00 1920
4.00 - 4.40 1990
4.40 - 15.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm. Please consult with us for other dimensions, including dimensions up to 20 mm thickness.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness Max. width
  Ympress Laser
From - up to S420MC
1.57 - 1.60 1000
1.60 - 1.70 1040
1.70 - 1.80 1150
1.80 - 1.90 1230
1.90 - 2.00 1300
2.00 - 2.20 1380
2.20 - 2.40 1500
2.40 - 2.60 1630
2.60 - 2.80 1710
2.80 - 3.00 1750
3.00 - 3.20 1790
3.20 - 3.47 1840
3.47 - 3.65 1880
3.65 - 4.00 1920
4.00 - 4.40 2000
4.40 - 8.10 2070
8.10 -12.10 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm. 
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S315MC TSE

S315MC
Specification details for S315MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S315MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S315MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   315
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   390 - 510
Elongation (%) t < 3 20
3 ≤ t < 5 24
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
t – material thickness in mm

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S315MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.30
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.020
Si Max. 0.50
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.20
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S315MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

ThicknessMax. width
From - up toS315MC
1.49 - 1.501170
1.50 - 1.531180
1.53 - 1.571210
1.57 - 1.601250
1.60 - 1.701280
1.70 - 1.801370
1.80 - 1.901440
1.90 - 2.001520
2.00 - 2.201590
2.20 - 2.401730
2.40 - 2.601810
2.60 - 2.801880
2.80 - 3.001960
3.00 - 3.202030
3.20 - 10.002070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width 
From - up toS315MC
1.50 - 1.531180
1.53 - 1.571210
1.57 - 1.601250
1.60 - 1.701280
1.70 - 1.801370
1.80 - 1.901440
1.90 - 2.001520
2.00 - 2.201590
2.20 - 2.401730
2.40 - 2.601810
2.60 - 2.801880
2.80 - 3.001960
3.00 - 3.202030
3.20 - 10.002070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S355MC TSE

S355MC
Specification details for S355MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S355MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S355MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH 1 (N/mm²)   355
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   430 - 550
Elongation (%) t < 3 19
3 ≤ t < 5 23
t ≥ 5 23
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

For S355MC, a guaranteed Charpy impact strength of 40J at -20°C in longitudinal direction is available.
Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S355MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.50
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.020
Si Max. 0.50
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.20
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%. 
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S355MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

ThicknessMax. width
From - up toS355MC
1.50 - 1.531060
1.53 - 1.571100
1.57 - 1.601150
1.60 - 1.701160
1.70 - 1.801250
1.80 - 1.901330
1.90 - 2.001400
2.00 - 2.201480
2.20 - 2.401600
2.40 - 2.601730
2.60 - 2.701760
2.70 - 2.801790
2.80 - 3.001840
3.00 - 3.201900
3.20 - 3.501960
3.50 - 3.652030
3.65 - 25.002070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Thicknesses > 21 mm and ≤ 25 mm are available as cut-to-length. Please contact us.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width 
From - up toS355MC
1.50 - 1.531060
1.53 - 1.571100
1.57 - 1.601150
1.60 - 1.701160
1.70 - 1.801250
1.80 - 1.901330
1.90 - 2.001400
2.00 - 2.201480
2.20 - 2.401600
2.40 - 2.601730
2.60 - 2.701760
2.70 - 2.801790
2.80 - 3.001840
3.00 - 3.201900
3.20 - 3.501960
3.50 - 3.652030
3.65 - 10.102070
10.10 - 15.251600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Thicknesses up to 25 mm are available as plate pickled - please contact us.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S420MC TSE

S420MC
Specification details for S420MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S420MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

Grade   S420MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 420
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 480 - 620
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 16
3 ≤ t < 5 19
t ≥ 5 19
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below. 

Grade   S420MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.60
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.50
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.20
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S420MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

ThicknessMax. width
From - up toS420MC
1.57 - 1.601000
1.60 - 1.701040
1.70 - 1.801150
1.80 - 1.901230
1.90 - 2.001300
2.00 - 2.201380
2.20 - 2.401500
2.40 - 2.601630
2.60 - 2.701680
2.70 - 2.801710
2.80 - 3.001750
3.00 - 3.201790
3.20 - 3.501840
3.50 - 3.651880
3.65 - 4.001920
4.00 - 4.401990
4.40 - 15.002070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up toS420MC
1.53 - 1.57950
1.57 - 1.601000
1.60 - 1.701040
1.70 - 1.801150
1.80 - 1.901230
1.90 - 2.001300
2.00 - 2.201380
2.20 - 2.401500
2.40 - 2.601630
2.60 - 2.801710
2.80 - 3.001750
3.00 - 3.201790
3.20 - 3.471840
3.47 - 3.651880
3.65 - 4.001920
4.00 - 4.402000
4.40 - 8.102070
8.10 - 12.101600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S460MC TSE

S460MC
Specification details for S460MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S460MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

Grade   S460MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 460
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 520 - 670
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 14
3 ≤ t < 5 17
t ≥ 5 17
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1 t
t ≥ 5 1 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   S460MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.60
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.50
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.20
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S460MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

ThicknessMax. width
From - up toS460MC
1.70 - 1.801030
1.80 - 1.901130
1.90 - 2.001200
2.00 - 2.201280
2.20 - 2.401400
2.40 - 2.601510
2.60 - 2.801640
2.80 - 3.001720
3.00 - 3.201750
3.20 - 3.501780
3.50 - 3.651810
3.65 - 4.001860
4.00 - 4.401910
4.40 - 5.001970
5.00 - 20.002070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up toS460MC
1.57 - 1.60900
1.60 - 1.70940
1.70 - 1.801030
1.80 - 1.901130
1.90 - 2.001200
2.00 - 2.201280
2.20 - 2.401400
2.40 - 2.601510
2.60 - 2.801640
2.80 - 3.001720
3.00 - 3.201750
3.20 - 3.471780
3.47 - 3.651810
3.65 - 4.001860
4.00 - 4.401910
4.40 - 5.001970
5.00 - 8.102070
8.10 - 12.101600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S500MC TSE

S500MC
Specification details for S500MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S500MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S500MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²   500
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   550 - 700
Elongation A (%) t < 3 12
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1 t
t ≥ 5 1 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S500MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.70
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.50
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.20
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S500MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

ThicknessMax. width
From - up toS500MC
1.80 - 1.901030
1.90 - 2.001100
2.00 - 2.201180
2.20 - 2.401300
2.40 - 2.601420
2.60 - 2.801540
2.80 - 3.001650
3.00 - 3.201710
3.20 - 3.501740
3.50 - 3.651780
3.65 - 4.001800
4.00 - 4.401850
4.40 - 5.001900
5.00 - 5.602000
5.60 - 15.002070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up toS500MC
1.70 - 1.80920
1.80 - 1.901030
1.90 - 2.001100
2.00 - 2.201180
2.20 - 2.401300
2.40 - 2.601420
2.60 - 2.801540
2.80 - 3.001650
3.00 - 3.201710
3.20 - 3.471740
3.47 - 3.651780
3.65 - 4.001800
4.00 - 4.401850
4.40 - 5.001900
5.00 - 5.602000
5.60 - 8.102070
8.10 - 12.101600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Widths smaller than 900 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S550MC TSN

S550MC
Specification details for S550MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S550MC-Properties TSN delete

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S550MC
Min. Yield strength ReH1 (N/mm²)   550
Tensile strength Rm  (N/mm²)   600 - 760
Elongation (%) t < 3 12
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1.5 t
t ≥ 5 1.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S550MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.8
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.2
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S550MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

ThicknessMax. width
From - up toS550MC
1.80 - 1.901030
1.90 - 2.001100
2.00 - 2.201180
2.20 - 2.401300
2.40 - 2.601420
2.60 - 2.701540
2.70 - 2.801540
2.80 - 3.001650
3.00 - 3.201710
3.20 - 3.501740
3.50 - 3.651780
3.65 - 4.001800
4.00 - 4.401850
4.40 - 5.001900
5.00 - 5.602000
5.60 - 8.002070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up toS550MC
1.80 - 1.901030
1.90 - 2.001100
2.00 - 2.201180
2.20 - 2.401300
2.40 - 2.601420
2.60 - 2.801540
2.80 - 3.001650
3.00 - 3.201710
3.20 - 3.471740
3.47 - 3.651780
3.65 - 4.001800
4.00 - 4.401850
4.40 - 5.001900
5.00 - 5.602000
5.60 - 8.002070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Widths smaller than 900 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S650MC TSN

S650MC
Specification details for S650MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S650MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S650MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   650
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   700 - 880
Elongation (%) t < 3 10
3 ≤ t < 5 12
t ≥ 5 12
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 2 t
t ≥ 5 2 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S650MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 2.00
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.60
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.20
Ti Max. 1 0.22
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S650MC-Dimensions

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

ThicknessMax. width
From - up toS650MC
2.00 - 2.201030
2.20 - 2.401120
2.40 - 2.601210
2.60 - 2.801310
2.80 - 3.001400
3.00 - 3.501490
3.50 - 3.651500
3.65 - 4.001530
4.00 - 4.401630
4.40 - 5.001750
5.00 - 5.601830
5.60 - 6.001850
6.00 - 7.501880
7.50 - 10.001960
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up toS650MC
2.00 - 2.201030
2.20 - 2.401120
2.40 - 2.601210
2.60 - 2.801310
2.80 - 3.001400
3.00 - 3.501490
3.50 - 3.651500
3.65 - 4.001530
4.00 - 8.101600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Other dimensions may be available - please contact us.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S700MC TSN

S700MC
Specification details for S700MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S700MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S700MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   700
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   750 - 950
Elongation (%) t < 3 10
3 ≤ t < 5 12
t ≥ 5 12
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 2 t
t ≥ 5 2 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S700MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 2.10
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.60
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.20
Ti Max. 1 0.22
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S700MC-Dimensions

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to S700MC
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1070
2.40 - 2.60 1130
2.60 - 2.80 1180
2.80 - 3.00 1230
3.00 - 3.20 1280
3.20 - 3.50 1330
3.50 - 3.65 1400
3.65 - 4.00 1440
4.00 - 4.40 1530
4.40 - 7.50 1630
7.50 - 8.00 1750
 
The minimum width is 1030 mm.
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
Please contact us regarding the availability of Ympress S700MC with thickness less than 3.0 mm.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to S700MC
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1070
2.40 - 2.60 1130
2.60 - 2.80 1180
2.80 - 3.00 1230
3.00 - 3.20 1280
3.20 - 3.50 1330
3.50 - 3.65 1400
3.65 - 4.00 1440
4.00 - 4.40 1530
4.40 - 8.00 1600
The minimum width is 1030 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1030 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S960MC TSN

S960MC
Specification details for S960MC

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S960MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S960MC
Min. Yield strength ReH1 (N/mm²)   960
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   980 - 1250
Elongation (%) t < 3 6
3 ≤ t < 5 7
t ≥ 5 7
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 9 t
t ≥ 5 9 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S960MC
C Max. 0.20
Mn Max. 2.20
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.010
Si Max. 0.60
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.20
Ti Max. 1 0.25
Mo Max. 1.00
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S960MC-Dimensions delete

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to S960MC
4.00 - 4.40 1520
4.40 - 5.00 1550
5.00 - 10.00 1680
The minimum width is 1020 mm. 
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
Please enquire about minimum order quantity for this grade.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF315 TSUK

XF315
Specification details for XF315

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF315-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

Grade   Tenform XF315
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 315
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 3900-510
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 24
3 ≤ t < 5 27
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   Tenform XF315
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.2
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.03
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF315-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width 
From - up to Tenform XF315
1.50 - 1.60 1090
1.60 - 1.90 1250
1.90 - 2.00 1350
2.00 - 2.50 1500
2.50 - 8.00 1625
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. 
 

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF315
1.50 - 1.60 1090
1.60 - 1.90 1250
1.90 - 2.00 1350
2.00 - 2.50 1500
2.50 - 5.00 1530
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF355 TSUK

XF355
Specification details for XF355

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF355-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction.
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Tenform XF355
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 355
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 430-550
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 23
3 ≤ t < 5 26
t ≥ 5 23
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

 
Grade   Tenform XF355
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.03
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF355-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width 
From - up to Tenform XF355
1.50 - 1.60 1060
1.60 - 2.00 1250
2.00 - 2.20 1360
2.20 - 2.40 1390
2.40 - 2.80 1530
2.80 - 5.00 1560
5.00 - 6.00 1600
6.00 - 15.00 1625
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled


Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF355
1.50 - 1.60 1100
1.60 - 2.00 1250
2.00 - 2.20 1360
2.20 - 2.40 1400
2.40 - 5.00 1530
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF420 TSUK

XF420
Specification details for XF420

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF420-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Tenform XF420
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 420
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 480-620
Min. elongation after
fracture A%
t < 3 19
3 ≤ t < 5 22
t ≥ 5 19
Min. bend test
diameter
t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   Tenform XF420
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.03
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF420-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF420
1.80 - 2.00 1250
2.00 - 2.40 1330
2.40 - 2.50 1350
2.50 - 2.70 1400
2.70 - 4.00 1550
4.00 - 5.00 1560
5.00 - 12.00 1600
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF420
1.80 - 1.90 1250
1.90 - 2.00 1360
2.00 - 2.20 1350
2.20 - 2.60 1400
2.60 - 4.00 1550
4.00 - 5.00 1560
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF460 TSUK

XF460
Specification details for XF460

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF460-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Tenform XF460
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 460
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 550-670
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 17
3 ≤ t < 5 20
t ≥ 5 17
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   Tenform XF460
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.35
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%
This grade is not suitable for Class 1 galvanising

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF460-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to XF460
1.80 - 1.90 1100
1.90 - 2.00 1160
2.00 - 2.20 1260
2.20 - 2.60 1360
2.60 - 4.00 1460
4.00 - 5.00 1530
5.00 - 9.00 1610
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled
 

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF460
1.80 - 1.90 1110
1.90 - 2.00 1160
2.00 - 2.20 1260
2.20 - 2.60 1360
2.60 - 4.00 1460
4.00 - 5.00 1530
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF500 TSUK

XF500
Specification details for XF500

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata SteelEN 10149-2: 2013Germany SEW 092
GradeGradeGrade
Ympress S315MCS315MCQStE340TM
Ympress S355MCS355MCQStE380TM
Ympress S420MCS420MCQStE460TM
Ympress S460MCS460MCQStE500TM
Ympress S500MCS500MCQStE550TM
Ympress S550MCS550MC-
Ympress S650MCS650MC-
Ympress E690TM-QStE690TM
Ympress S700MCS700MC-
Ympress S960MCS960MC-

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface conditionnon-pickledpickledpickled and oiled
Mill edgesYesYesYes
Trimmed edges-YesYes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

DescriptionAvailability
Surface finishCoils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish 
OilingPickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
    

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF500-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Tenform XF500
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 500
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 550-700
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 14
3 ≤ t < 5 17
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1 t
t ≥ 5 1 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   Tenform XF500
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.35
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%
This grade is not suitable for Class 1 galvanising

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.
 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product typeThickness tolerances available
 (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
 100%75%66%60%50%33%
Steel for formingYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)
YesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Ympress® HSLA    YesYes 1
Ympress® Laser    YesYes 1
Structural steelYesYesYesYesYesYes 1
Manganese boron steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Case-hardening steelYesYesYesYesYes 
High-carbon steelYes     
Dual phase steelYes     
Hot forming steelYes     
Valast® abrasion resistant steelYesYesYesYesYes 
Steel for pressure vesselsYes     
Steel for gas cylindersYes     
Steel for line pipeYes     
Ship plateYes     
1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0 mm and 6.0 mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content 
for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.13± 0.14± 0.16-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.14± 0.16± 0.17± 0.19
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.15± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.17± 0.18± 0.20± 0.20
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.18± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.20± 0.21± 0.22± 0.23
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.22± 0.23± 0.23± 0.26
> 8.00≤ 11.00± 0.24± 0.25± 0.25± 0.28
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.17± 0.19± 0.21-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.18± 0.21± 0.23± 0.25
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.22± 0.24± 0.26± 0.27
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.24± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.26± 0.28± 0.29± 0.31
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.29± 0.30± 0.31± 0.35
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.32± 0.33± 0.34± 0.40
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.35± 0.36± 0.37± 0.43
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.40± 0.46
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.40± 0.42± 0.45± 0.50
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.20± 0.22± 0.24-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.21± 0.24± 0.26± 0.29
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.23± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.25± 0.28± 0.30± 0.31
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.28± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.30± 0.32± 0.33± 0.36
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.33± 0.35± 0.36± 0.40
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.37± 0.38± 0.39± 0.46
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.40± 0.41± 0.43± 0.49
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.43± 0.44± 0.46± 0.53
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.46± 0.48± 0.52± 0.58
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.22± 0.25± 0.27-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.23± 0.27± 0.30± 0.33
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.26± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.29± 0.31± 0.34± 0.35
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38± 0.40
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.38± 0.39± 0.40± 0.46
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.42± 0.43± 0.44± 0.52
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.46± 0.47± 0.48± 0.56
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.48± 0.49± 0.52± 0.60
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.52± 0.55± 0.59± 0.65
All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum 
yield strength 420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)
Nominal thicknessTolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
 ≤ 2.00± 0.24± 0.27± 0.29-
> 2.00≤ 2.50± 0.25± 0.29± 0.32± 0.35
> 2.50≤ 3.00± 0.28± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36
> 3.00≤ 4.00± 0.31± 0.34± 0.36± 0.38
> 4.00≤ 5.00± 0.34± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41
> 5.00≤ 6.00± 0.36± 0.39± 0.41± 0.43
> 6.00≤ 8.00± 0.41± 0.42± 0.43± 0.49
> 8.00≤ 10.00± 0.45± 0.46± 0.48± 0.56
> 10.00≤ 12.50± 0.49± 0.50± 0.52± 0.60
> 12.50≤ 15.00± 0.52± 0.53± 0.56± 0.64
> 15.00≤ 25.00± 0.56± 0.59± 0.63± 0.70
All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w    
Mill edgesTrimmed edges
lowerupperlowerupper
 w ≤ 120002003
 1200 < w ≤ 185002005
 w > 185002506

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). 
The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000 mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20 mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15 mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values 
on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel 
with a low carbon content  for cold forming (DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 3.0040405050
> 3.00≤ 6.0040505050
> 6.00≤ 11.0050505050

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0040404040
> 2.00≤ 2.5040405050
> 2.50≤ 20.0050505050
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades 
(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004) and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

   
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47≤ 2.0050506060
> 2.00≤ 2.5050606060
> 2.50≤ 3.0050606060
> 3.00≤ 20.0060607070
Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)
Category 4C40   
Nominal Thickness≤ 1200> 1200> 1500> 1800
≤ 1500≤ 1800
> 1.47≤ 2.0060707070
> 2.00≤ 2.5060708080
> 2.50≤ 3.0060708080
> 3.00≤ 5.0070708080
> 5.00≤ 20.0080808080


Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

DescriptionAvailability
Coil diameter inner non-pickled762 mm
Coil diameter inner pickled610 mm standard
762 mm on request
Tolerance on inner diameter+0/-50 mm
Coil diameter outer non-pickledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Max. 2300 mm
Min. 1200 mm
Coil diameter outer pickled and oiledOuter diameter available is 10/7 x width
to reduce possibility of coil tipping over
Outer diameter
limit 2200 mm
Min. 1050 mm
Coil weightMax. 38,5 tonnes
Additional maximum limits from transport
limits and outer coil diameter
Some HR products may have different
coil weight ranges
KIM*: width ≤ 1200 mmmax. 23.1 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1200 < width ≤ 1700 mmmax. 21.6 kg/mm width
KIM*: 1700 < width ≤ 1900 mmmax. 20.9 kg/mm width
KIM*: width > 1900 mmmax. 18.8 kg/mm width 
Minimum tonnage per orderPlease refer to price list for order quantity details
Minimum order quantities may apply

* Other KIM values may be available - please contact us.

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF500-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF500
1.80 - 1.90 1100
1.90 - 2.00 1160
2.00 - 2.20 1250
2.20 - 2.50 1360
2.50 - 3.50 1410
3.50 - 5.00 1480
5.00 - 5.50 1550
6.00 - 9.00 1610

The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF500
1.80 - 1.90 1100
1.90 - 2.00 1160
2.00 - 2.20 1250
2.20 - 2.50 1250
2.50 - 3.50 1360
3.50 - 4.00 1410
4.00 - 5.00 1480
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4 m
Locations Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6 m up to 6 m
Locations Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.